blob: 341e0e8cae46244debd4fe85152daed8927cbdef [file] [log] [blame]
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08009 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070010 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -070013 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -070014 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070015 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070030/*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070043#include <linux/types.h>
44
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -070045#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070047#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -080052#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -070053#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -070055#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070060/**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -070069 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -070084 */
85
86/**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -0800157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occur.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181/**
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -0700182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
187 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
188 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
189 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
190 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
195 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
196 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
197 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
198 *
199 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
200 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
201 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
202 */
203
204/**
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -0700205 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
206 *
207 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
208 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
209 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
210 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
211 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -0700212 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
213 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -0700214 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
215 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
216 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
217 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
218 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
219 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
220 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
221 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
222 *
223 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -0700224 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
225 * up a connection or after roaming.
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -0700226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
227 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
229 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
230 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
231 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
232 *
233 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
234 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
235 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
236 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
237 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
238 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
239 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
240 */
241
242/**
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -0700243 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
244 *
245 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
246 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In
247 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using
248 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD.
249 */
250
251/**
Ahmed ElArabawy0ff61c52019-12-26 12:38:39 -0800252 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
253 *
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
256 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
257 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
258 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
259 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
260 * that main netdev.
261 *
262 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
263 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
264 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
265 */
266
267/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700268 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
269 *
270 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
271 *
272 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
273 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
274 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
275 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800276 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
277 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
278 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700279 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
280 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
281 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
282 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
283 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
284 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
285 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
286 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
287 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
288 *
289 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700290 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
291 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700292 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
293 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
294 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
295 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
297 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
298 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
299 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
300 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
301 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
302 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
303 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
304 *
305 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
306 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
307 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
308 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
309 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
310 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
311 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
312 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
313 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
314 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700315 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
316 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
317 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
318 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
319 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
321 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
322 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
323 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
324 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800325 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
326 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
327 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800328 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
329 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700330 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800331 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700332 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
333 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
334 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700335 *
336 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
337 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
338 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
339 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
340 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
341 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
342 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
343 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800344 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
345 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
346 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
347 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
348 * frame).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700349 *
350 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
351 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
352 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
354 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800356 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
358 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700360 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
361 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
362 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
363 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
364 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
366 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
367 *
368 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700369 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
370 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
371 * global regdomain will be returned.
372 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
373 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
374 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
375 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
376 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
377 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
378 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
379 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
380 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700381 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
382 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
383 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
384 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
385 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
386 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
387 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
388 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
389 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
390 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
391 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
392 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
393 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
394 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800395 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700396 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
397 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800398 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700399 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
400 *
401 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
402 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
403 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
404 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
405 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
406 * added to all specified management frames generated by
407 * kernel/firmware/driver.
408 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
409 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
410 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
411 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
412 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
413 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
414 *
415 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
416 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800417 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -0800418 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700419 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
420 * be used.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700421 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
422 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
423 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
424 * partial scan results may be available
425 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800426 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -0800427 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
428 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
429 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
430 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
431 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
432 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
433 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
434 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
435 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800436 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
437 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
438 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
439 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
440 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
441 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
442 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
443 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700444 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
445 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -0700446 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
447 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
448 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -0700449 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
450 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
451 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800452 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
453 * results available.
454 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
455 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
456 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
457 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
458 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
459 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
460 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
461 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700462 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
463 * or noise level
464 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
465 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
466 *
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -0700467 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
468 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
469 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
470 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
471 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
472 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
473 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
474 * ESS.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700475 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -0700476 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
478 * authentication.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700479 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
480 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700481 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
482 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
483 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
484 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
485 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
486 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
487 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
488 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
489 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
490 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
491 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
492 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
493 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
494 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
495 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
496 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
497 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
498 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
499 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
500 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
501 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
502 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
503 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
504 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
505 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
506 * the beacon hint was processed.
507 *
508 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
509 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
510 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
511 * authentication process.
512 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
513 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
514 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
515 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
516 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
517 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
518 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
519 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
520 * to be added to the frame.
521 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
522 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
523 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
524 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
525 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
526 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
527 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
528 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
529 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
530 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
531 * pending authentication timed out).
532 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
533 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
534 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700535 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
536 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
537 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
538 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
539 * included).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700540 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
541 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
542 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
543 * primitives).
544 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
545 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
546 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
547 *
548 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
549 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
550 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
551 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
552 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
553 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
554 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
555 *
556 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
557 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
558 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
559 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
560 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
561 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
562 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
563 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
564 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
565 * determined by the network interface.
566 *
567 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
568 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
569 * to the driver.
570 *
571 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
572 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
573 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
574 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800575 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
576 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -0800577 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -0700578 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
579 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -0800580 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
581 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
582 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
583 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
584 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
585 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
586 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
587 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
588 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
589 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
Ahmed ElArabawy0ff61c52019-12-26 12:38:39 -0800590 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
591 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
592 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
593 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
594 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
595 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
596 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
597 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -0700598 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
599 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
600 * a different BSS is desired.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700601 * Background scan period can optionally be
602 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
603 * if not specified default background scan configuration
604 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
605 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700606 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
607 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -0700608 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
609 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
610 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
611 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
612 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
613 * well to remain backwards compatible.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -0700614 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
615 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
616 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
617 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
618 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
619 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
620 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
621 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700622 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
623 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
624 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
625 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
626 *
627 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
628 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
629 *
630 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
631 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
632 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
633 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
634 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
635 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800636 * frequency for the operation.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700637 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
638 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
639 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
640 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
641 * radio).
642 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
643 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
644 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
645 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
646 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
647 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
648 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
649 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
650 * uniquely identify the request.
651 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
652 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
653 *
654 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
655 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
656 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
657 *
658 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
659 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
660 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
661 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
662 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
663 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
664 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
665 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
666 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
667 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
668 * backward compatibility
669 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
670 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
671 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
672 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
673 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800674 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
675 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
676 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
677 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
678 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700679 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
680 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
681 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800682 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
683 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -0700684 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
685 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
686 * is used during CSA period.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700687 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
688 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -0700689 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
690 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
691 * wait time.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700692 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
693 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
694 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
695 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
696 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
697 * the frame.
698 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
699 * backward compatibility.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700700 *
701 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
702 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
703 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700704 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
705 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
706 * levels.
707 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
708 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
709 * reached.
710 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800711 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
712 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700713 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
714 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
715 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
716 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
717 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
718 * precedence when they are used.
719 *
720 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
721 *
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -0800722 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
723 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
724 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
725 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
726 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
727 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
728 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
729 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
730 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
731 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
732 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
733 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
734 * command, the feature is disabled.
735 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -0700736 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
737 * mesh config parameters may be given.
738 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
739 * network is determined by the network interface.
740 *
741 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
742 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
743 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
744 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
745 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
746 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
747 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800748 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
749 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
750 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -0700751 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
752 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
753 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
754 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
755 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800756 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
757 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
758 * depending on the authentication result.
759 *
760 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
761 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
762 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
763 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
764 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
765 * more background information, see
766 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800767 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
768 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
769 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
770 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
771 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
772 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800773 *
774 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
775 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
776 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
777 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
778 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
779 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
780 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
781 *
782 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
783 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
784 *
785 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -0800786 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
787 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
788 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
789 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
790 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
791 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -0800792 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
793 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
794 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
795 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
796 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
797 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
798 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
799 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -0800800 *
801 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
802 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
803 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
804 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
805 * is received.
806 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
807 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
808 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
809 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
810 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
811 *
812 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
813 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
814 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
815 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
816 *
817 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
818 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
819 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
820 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
821 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
822 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
823 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
824 *
825 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
826 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
827 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
828 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
829 *
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -0800830 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
831 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
832 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700833 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
834 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -0800835 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800836 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
837 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
838 * from the remote AP) is completed;
839 *
840 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
841 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
842 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
843 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
844 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
845 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
846 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
847 * interfaces to change channel as well.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -0700848 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -0800849 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
850 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
851 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
852 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
853 * public action frame TX.
854 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
855 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
856 *
857 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
858 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
859 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
860 * is used for this.
861 *
862 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
863 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
864 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -0800865 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
866 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
867 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
868 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
869 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
870 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
871 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
872 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
873 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
874 *
875 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
876 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
877 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
878 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
879 * while operating on this channel.
880 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
881 * event.
882 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -0700883 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
884 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
885 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
886 *
887 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
888 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
889 *
890 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
891 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
892 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
893 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
894 *
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -0700895 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
896 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
897 * complete.
898 *
899 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
900 * return back to normal.
901 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -0800902 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
903 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
904 *
905 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
906 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
907 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
908 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
909 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
910 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
911 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
912 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
913 * switch is complete.
914 *
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -0800915 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
916 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
917 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
918 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
919 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
920 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
921 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
922 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
923 *
924 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
925 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
926 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
927 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
928 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
929 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -0700930 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
931 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
932 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
933 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
934 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
935 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
936 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
937 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
938 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
939 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
940 * fail even if the check was successful.
941 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
942 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
943 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
944 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
945 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -0800946 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
947 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
948 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
949 *
950 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
951 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
952 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
953 * network is determined by the network interface.
954 *
955 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
956 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
957 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
958 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
959 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
960 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
961 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
962 * AP.
963 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
964 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
965 * when this command completes.
966 *
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -0700967 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
968 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
969 * management.
970 *
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -0800971 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
972 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
973 * cfg80211_scan_done().
974 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -0800975 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -0700976 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
977 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
978 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
979 * cluster. This command must have a valid
980 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
981 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
982 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
983 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
984 * added.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -0800985 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
986 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
987 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
988 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
989 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
990 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
991 * of the function upon success.
992 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
993 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
994 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
995 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
996 * which just terminated.
997 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
998 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
999 * the response to this command.
1000 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1001 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1002 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1003 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1004 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07001005 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1006 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1007 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1008 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1009 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1010 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1011 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1012 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001013 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1014 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1016 *
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -08001017 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1018 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1019 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1020 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1021 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1022 *
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001023 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07001024 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1025 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001026 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1027 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1028 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07001029 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001030 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
1031 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07001032 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001033 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07001034 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
1035 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001036 *
1037 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1038 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1039 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1040 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1041 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1042 * 802.11 headers.
1043 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1044 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1045 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1046 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1047 *
1048 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1049 *
1050 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1051 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1052 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1053 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1054 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1055 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1056 *
1057 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1058 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1059 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1060 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1061 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1062 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1063 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1064 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1065 * command interface.
1066 *
1067 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1068 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1069 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1070 *
1071 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07001072 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1073 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1074 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001075 *
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08001076 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1077 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1078 *
1079 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1080 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1081 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1082 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1083 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1084 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1085 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in
1086 * the netlink extended ack message.
1087 *
1088 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1089 *
1090 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1091 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1092 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1093 * buffer size.
1094 *
1095 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1096 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1097 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1098 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1099 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1100 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1101 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1102 *
1103 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1104 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1105 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1106 * determining the width and type.
1107 *
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07001108 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1109 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1110 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1111 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1112 *
1113 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1114 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1115 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1116 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1117 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1118 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1119 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1120 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1121 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1122 * rate selection.
1123 *
1124 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1125 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1126 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1127 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001128 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1129 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1130 */
1131enum nl80211_commands {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001132/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001133 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1134
1135 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1136 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1137 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1138 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1139
1140 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1141 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1142 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1143 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1144
1145 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1146 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1147 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1148 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1149
1150 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1151 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001152 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1153 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1154 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1155 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001156
1157 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1158 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1159 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1160 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1161
1162 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1163 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1164 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1165 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1166
1167 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1168
1169 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1170 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1171
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001172 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1173 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001174
1175 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1176
1177 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1178
1179 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1180 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1181 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1182 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1183
1184 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1185
1186 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1187 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1188 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1189 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1190
1191 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1192
1193 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1194
1195 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1196 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1197
1198 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1199
1200 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1201 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1202 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1203
1204 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1205
1206 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1207 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1208
1209 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1210 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1211 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1212
1213 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1214 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1215
1216 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1217
1218 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1219 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1220 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1221 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1222 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1223 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1224
1225 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1226 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1227
1228 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1229 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1230
1231 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1232 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1233
1234 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1235
1236 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1237 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1238
1239 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1240 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1241
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001242 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1243
1244 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1245 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1246
1247 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1248 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1249 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1250 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1251
1252 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1253
1254 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1255
1256 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1257 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1258
1259 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1260
1261 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1262
1263 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1264
1265 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1266
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08001267 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1268
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001269 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1270
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08001271 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1272 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1273
1274 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1275
1276 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1277
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08001278 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1279
1280 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1281
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001282 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1283
1284 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1285 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1286
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07001287 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1288 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1289
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001290 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1291 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1292
1293 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1294
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08001295 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1296
1297 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1298
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07001299 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1300 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1301
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08001302 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1303
1304 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1305 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1306
1307 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1308
1309 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1310 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1311
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07001312 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1313
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08001314 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1315
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001316 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1317 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1318 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1319 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1320 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1321 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1322
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -08001323 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1324
1325 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1326
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001327 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1328 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1329
1330 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1331
1332 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1333
1334 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1335
1336 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1337
1338 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1339
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08001340 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1341
1342 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1343 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1344 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1345
1346 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1347
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07001348 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1349
1350 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1351
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001352 /* add new commands above here */
1353
1354 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1355 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1356 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1357};
1358
1359/*
1360 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1361 * here
1362 */
1363#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1364#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1365#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1366#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1367#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1368#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1369#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1370#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1371
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001372#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1373
1374/* source-level API compatibility */
1375#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1376#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1377#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1378
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001379/**
1380 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1381 *
1382 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1383 *
1384 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1385 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1387 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001388 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1389 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1390 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1391 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1392 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1394 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1395 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1397 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1399 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001400 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001401 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001402 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1403 * this attribute)
1404 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1405 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1406 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001407 * This attribute is now deprecated.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001408 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1409 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1410 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1412 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1413 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1415 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1416 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1418 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1419 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1421 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1422 *
1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1424 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1426 *
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07001427 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1428 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1429 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001430 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1431 *
1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1433 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1434 * keys
1435 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1437 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1439 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001440 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1441 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1442 * default management key
1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1444 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1446 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001447 *
1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1449 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1451 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1452 *
1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1454 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1455 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1457 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1459 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1460 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1461 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1462 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1464 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1465 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1466 *
1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1468 * consisting of a nested array.
1469 *
1470 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001471 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1472 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001473 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1475 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1476 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1477 *
1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1479 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1480 *
1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1482 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1483 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1484 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1485 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1486 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08001487 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001488 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1489 * to a specific alpha2.
1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1491 * rules.
1492 *
1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1494 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1495 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1497 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1499 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1500 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1501 *
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1503 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1504 *
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1506 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1507 * of the interface mode.
1508 *
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1510 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1511 *
1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1513 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1514 *
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1516 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001517 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1518 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001519 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1520 * that can be added to a scan request
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001521 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1522 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1524 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001525 *
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1527 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1528 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1530 *
1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1532 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1534 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1535 *
1536 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1537 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1538 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1539 *
1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1541 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1542 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1545 * represented as a u32
1546 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1547 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1548 *
1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1550 * a u32
1551 *
1552 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1553 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1554 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1555 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1556 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1558 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1559 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1560 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1561 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1562 *
1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1564 * cipher suites
1565 *
1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1567 * for other networks on different channels
1568 *
1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1570 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1571 *
1572 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1573 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001574 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1575 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1576 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1577 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1578 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1579 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001580 *
1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1582 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1583 *
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1585 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1586 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1587 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1588 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1589 * default in station mode.
1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1591 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1592 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1593 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1594 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1595 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1597 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1598 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07001599 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1600 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1601 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1602 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1603 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1604 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1605 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1606 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1607 * flag.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001608 *
1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1610 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1611 *
1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1613 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1614 * a local disconnect request.
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1616 * event (u16)
1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001618 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1619 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001620 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001621 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1622 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001623 * (an array of u32).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001624 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1625 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1626 * u32).
1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1628 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001629 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001630 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1631 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07001632 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1633 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1634 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1635 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1636 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1637 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001638 *
1639 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1640 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1642 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1643 *
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07001644 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1645 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1646 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1647 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1648 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001649 *
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1651 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1653 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1654 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1655 *
1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1657 *
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1659 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1660 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1661 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1662 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1663 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1664 * completely from scratch.
1665 *
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1667 *
1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1669 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1670 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1671 *
1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1674 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1675 *
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1678 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1679 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1680 *
1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1682 *
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1684 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1685 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1686 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1687 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001688 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1689 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1690 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1691 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1692 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1693 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1694 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001695 *
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1697 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1699 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1701 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1702 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1703 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1704 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1705 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1706 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1707 *
1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1709 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1710 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001711 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1712 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001713 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1714 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1715 *
1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1717 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1718 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1719 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1720 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1721 *
1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1723 * connected to this BSS.
1724 *
1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1726 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1728 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1729 * for non-automatic settings.
1730 *
1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1732 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1733 *
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1735 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1736 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1737 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1738 *
1739 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1740 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1741 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1742 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1743 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1744 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1745 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1746 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1747 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1748 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1749 *
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1751 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1752 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1753 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001754 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1755 *
1756 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1757 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1758 *
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1760 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001761 *
1762 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1763 *
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1765 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1766 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1767 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1768 * nl80211 capability flag.
1769 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001770 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07001771 *
1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1773 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1774 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1775 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001776 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1777 * changed once the mesh is active.
1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1779 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1781 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1782 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001783 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1784 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1785 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1786 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001787 *
1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1789 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1791 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1792 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1793 * triggers.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001794 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001795 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1796 * cycles, in msecs.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001797 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001798 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1799 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1800 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1801 * pass-thru filter rules.
1802 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1803 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1804 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1805 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1806 * able to ignore them by itself.
1807 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1808 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1809 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1810 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1811 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1812 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1813 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08001814 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001815 *
1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1817 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1818 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1820 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1821 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1822 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1823 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001824 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001825 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1826 *
1827 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1828 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1829 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1830 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1831 *
1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1833 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1834 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1835 *
1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1837 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1838 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1839 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1841 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1842 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1843 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1844 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1845 *
1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1847 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1849 * as AP.
1850 *
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1852 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1853 *
1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1855 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1856 *
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1858 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1859 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1860 * applications use this attribute.
1861 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1862 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1863 *
1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1865 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1866 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1868 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1870 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1872 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1874 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1875 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1876 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1877 *
1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1879 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1880 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1881 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1882 *
1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1884 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1885 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1886 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1887 *
1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1889 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001891 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1892 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1893 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1894 *
1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1896 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1897 * to be filled by the FW.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08001898 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1899 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1901 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1902 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1903 * The values that may be configured are:
1904 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1905 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1906 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1907 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1908 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1909 *
1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1911 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1912 * to one DFS region.
1913 *
1914 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1915 * up to 16 TIDs.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08001916 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001917 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1918 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08001919 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07001920 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1921 * capability to timeout the stations.
1922 *
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1924 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1925 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1926 *
1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1928 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1929 *
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07001930 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1931 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1932 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1933 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1934 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1935 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08001936 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1937 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1938 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1939 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08001940 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1941 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1942 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1943 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1944 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1945 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1946 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1947 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1948 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1949 * consistent.
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08001950 *
1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1952 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1953 *
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1955 *
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08001956 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1957 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1959 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1960 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1961 * no change is made.
1962 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08001963 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1964 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1965 *
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1967 * carried in a u32 attribute
1968 *
1969 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1970 * MAC ACL.
1971 *
1972 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1973 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1974 * ACL.
1975 *
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1977 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1978 *
1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1980 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1981 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1983 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1984 *
1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1986 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1987 *
1988 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1989 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1990 * and PU-APSD.
1991 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07001992 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1993 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1994 *
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1996 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1997 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1998 *
1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2000 *
2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2002 * Element
2003 *
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07002004 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2005 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2007 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2008 *
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07002009 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2010 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2011 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2012 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2013 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08002014 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2015 *
2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2017 * until the channel switch event.
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2019 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2020 * operation).
2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2022 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002023 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2024 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2026 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08002027 *
2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2029 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2030 *
2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2032 *
2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2034 * supported operating classes.
2035 *
2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2037 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2038 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2039 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2040 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2041 * IBSS network.
2042 *
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002043 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2044 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2046 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2047 *
2048 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2049 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08002050 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2051 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2052 * u8 attribute.
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002053 *
2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2055 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2058 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2060 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2061 *
2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2063 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2064 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2065 *
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08002066 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2068 *
2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2070 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2071 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2072 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2073 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2074 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2075 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002076 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2077 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2079 * supported number of csa counters.
2080 *
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002081 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2082 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2083 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002084 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002085 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002086 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002087 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2088 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2089 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2090 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2091 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2092 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2093 * cleared when the socket is closed.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002094 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07002095 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2096 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2097 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2098 * multicast group.
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -08002099 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2100 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07002101 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2102 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2103 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2104 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2105 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2106 * disabled when the socket is closed.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002107 *
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002108 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2109 * the TDLS link initiator.
2110 *
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2112 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2113 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2114 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2115 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2116 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2117 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07002118 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2119 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002120 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2121 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2122 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2123 *
2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2125 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2126 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2127 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2128 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2129 *
2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2132 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2133 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2134 *
2135 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2136 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2137 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002138 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2139 *
2140 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2141 *
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002142 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2143 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2144 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2145 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2146 *
2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2148 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2149 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2150 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2151 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2152 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2153 *
2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2155 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2156 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2157 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2158 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2159 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2160 * over all channels.
2161 *
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08002162 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08002163 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2164 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2165 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002166
2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2168 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2169 *
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08002170 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2171 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2173 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2175 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2176 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2177 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2178 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2179 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2180 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2181 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
Dmitry Shmidt57c2d392016-02-23 13:40:19 -08002182 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2183 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2184 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2185 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07002186 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2187 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2188 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2189 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2190 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2191 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2192 *
2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2194 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08002195 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002196 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2197 *
2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2199 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2200 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2201 * interface type.
2202 *
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07002203 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2204 * groupID for monitor mode.
2205 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2206 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2207 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2208 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2209 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2210 * each group.
2211 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2212 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2213 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2214 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2215 * groupID data.
2216 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2218 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2219 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2220 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2221 *
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2223 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2224 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2225 * attribute must not be included).
2226 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2227 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2229 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2230 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2231 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2232 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2234 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2235 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2236 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2237 *
2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2239 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2240 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002241 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2242 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2243 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2244 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2245 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07002246 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2247 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2248 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2249 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2250 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2251 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2252 * the device will decide what to use.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002253 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2254 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2255 * attribute.
2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2257 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2258 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2259 * protection.
2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2261 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2262 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2263 *
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -08002264 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2265 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2266 *
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -08002267 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2268 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2269 *
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08002270 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2271 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2272 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2273 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2274 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2275 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2276 * unnecessary wakeups.
2277 *
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2279 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08002280 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08002281 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2282 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2283 *
2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2285 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2286 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2287 *
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07002288 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2289 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2290 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2291 *
2292 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2293 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2294 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2295 *
2296 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2297 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2298 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2299 *
2300 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2301 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2302 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2303 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2304 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2305 *
2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2307 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2308 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2309 *
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07002310 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2311 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2312 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2313 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2314 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2315 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2316 *
2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2318 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2320 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2321 *
2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2323 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2324 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2327 *
2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2329 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2330 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07002331 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07002332 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07002333 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2334 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2335 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2336 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07002337 *
2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2339 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07002340 *
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07002341 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2342 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2343 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2344 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2345 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
2346 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2347 * enforced.
2348 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2349 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2350 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2351 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2352 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2353 *
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08002354 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2355 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2356 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2357 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2358 *
2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2360 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2361 *
2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2363 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2364 * invalid value.
2365 *
2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2367 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2368 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2369 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2370 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2371 *
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07002372 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2373 * scheduler.
2374 *
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07002375 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2376 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2377 * possible values.
2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2379 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2380 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2381 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2382 * or per-station.
2383 *
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07002384 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2385 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2386 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2387 *
2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2389 *
2390 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2391 * functionality.
2392 *
2393 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2394 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2395 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2397 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2398 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2399 *
Ahmed ElArabawy0ff61c52019-12-26 12:38:39 -08002400 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2401 * (u16).
2402 *
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002403 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002404 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2405 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2406 */
2407enum nl80211_attrs {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002408/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002409 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2410
2411 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2412 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2413
2414 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2415 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2416 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2417
2418 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2419
2420 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2421 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2422 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2423 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2424 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2425
2426 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2427 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2428 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2429 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2430
2431 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2432 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2433 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2434 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2435 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2436 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2437
2438 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2439
2440 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2441
2442 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2443 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2444 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2445 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2446
2447 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2448 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2449 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2450
2451 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2452
2453 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2454
2455 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2456 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2457
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002458 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002459
2460 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2461
2462 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2463 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2464 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2465
2466 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2467
2468 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2469 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2470
2471 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2472
2473 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2474 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2475 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2476 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2477
2478 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2479 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2480
2481 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2482
2483 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2484 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2485 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2486 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2487
2488 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2489
2490 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2491 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2492
2493 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2494 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2495
2496 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2497
2498
2499 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2500 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2501 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2502 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2503
2504 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2505
2506 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2507
2508 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2509
2510 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2511
2512 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2513
2514 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2515
2516 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2517 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2518
2519 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2520 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2521 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2522 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2523
2524 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2525 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2526
2527 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2528
2529 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2530 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2531
2532 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2533
2534 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2535
2536 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2537
2538 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2539 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2540
2541 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2542
2543 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2544
2545 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2546
2547 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2548
2549 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2550
2551 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2552
2553 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2554
2555 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2556
2557 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2558
2559 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2560
2561 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2562 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2563
2564 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2565 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2566 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2567
2568 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2569 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2570
2571 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2572
2573 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2574 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2575
2576 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2577
2578 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2579
2580 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2581
2582 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2583
2584 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2585
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002586 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2587
2588 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2589 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2590
2591 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2592 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2593
2594 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2595 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2596
2597 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2598
2599 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2600 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2601
2602 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2603
2604 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2605 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2606
2607 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2608
2609 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2610
2611 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2612 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2613
2614 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2615 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2616
2617 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2618
2619 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2620 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2621
2622 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2623
2624 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2625
2626 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2627 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2628 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2629 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2630 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2631
2632 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2633
2634 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2635
2636 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2637
2638 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2639
2640 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2641
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002642 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2643
2644 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2645 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2646
2647 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2648
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002649 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2650
2651 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2652
2653 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2654
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002655 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2656
2657 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2658
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002659 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2660
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002661 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002662
2663 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2664
2665 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2666
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08002667 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2668 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2669 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2670
2671 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2672 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2673
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002674 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2675
2676 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2677
2678 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2679
2680 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2681
2682 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2683
2684 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2685 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2686
2687 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2688 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2689
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07002690 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2691 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2692
2693 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2694 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2695
2696 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2697 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2698
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07002699 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2700 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2701
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07002702 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2703
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08002704 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2705
2706 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2707 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2708 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2709 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2710 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2711
2712 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2713
2714 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2715
2716 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2717
2718 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2719
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08002720 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2721 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2722
2723 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2724
2725 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2726 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2727 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2728 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2729
2730 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2731
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08002732 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2733 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2734
2735 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2736
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07002737 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2738
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002739 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07002740
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07002741 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2742 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2743
2744 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2745
2746 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2747
2748 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2749
2750 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2751 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2752 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2753
2754 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2755
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002756 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2757
2758 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2759
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07002760 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2761
2762 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2763
2764 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2765
2766 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2767
2768 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2769
2770 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2771
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08002772 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2773 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2774 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2775 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2776
Dmitry Shmidt57c2d392016-02-23 13:40:19 -08002777 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2778
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07002779 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2780
2781 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2782
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07002783 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2784
2785 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2786
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07002787 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2788 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2789
2790 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2791 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2792 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2793 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2794
2795 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2796
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002797 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07002798 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002799 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2800 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2801
2802 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2803 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2804
Dmitry Shmidtabb90a32016-12-05 15:34:39 -08002805 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2806
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -08002807 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2808
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08002809 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2810 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2811
2812 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2813
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07002814 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2815 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2816 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2817 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2818 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2819
2820 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2821
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07002822 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2823 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2824
2825 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2826 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2827 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2828
2829 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2830 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2831
2832 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2833 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2834
2835 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2836
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07002837 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2838 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2839 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2840 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2841
2842 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2843
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08002844 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2845
2846 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2847
2848 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2849
2850 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
2851
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07002852 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07002853 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2854 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07002855
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07002856 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
2857
2858 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
2859
2860 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
2861
2862 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
2863 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
2864
Ahmed ElArabawy0ff61c52019-12-26 12:38:39 -08002865 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
2866
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002867 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2868
2869 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002870 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002871 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2872};
2873
2874/* source-level API compatibility */
2875#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002876#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002877#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002878#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002879
2880/*
2881 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2882 * here
2883 */
2884#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2885#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2886#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2887#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2888#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2889#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2890#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2891#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2892#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2893#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2894#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2895#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2896#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2897#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2898#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2899#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2900#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2901#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2902#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2903#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002904#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002905
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07002906#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
2907
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002908#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002909#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07002910#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002911#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2912#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2913#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2914#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002915#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07002916#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07002917#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002918#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2919#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2920
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07002921#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2922
2923/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2924#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2925
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07002926#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2927
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002928/**
2929 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2930 *
2931 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2932 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2933 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2934 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002935 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2936 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2937 * AP type interface.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002938 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2939 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2940 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2941 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2942 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002943 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2944 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2945 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2946 * commands to create and destroy one
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002947 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2948 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002949 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002950 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2951 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2952 *
2953 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2954 * to set the type of an interface.
2955 *
2956 */
2957enum nl80211_iftype {
2958 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2959 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2960 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2961 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2962 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2963 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2964 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2965 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2966 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2967 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08002968 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08002969 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08002970 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002971
2972 /* keep last */
2973 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2974 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2975};
2976
2977/**
2978 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2979 *
2980 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2981 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2982 *
2983 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2984 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2985 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2986 * with short barker preamble
2987 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2988 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08002989 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08002990 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2991 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2992 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2993 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2994 * as errors.)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08002995 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2996 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2997 * previously added station into associated state
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07002998 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2999 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3000 */
3001enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3002 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3003 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3004 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3005 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3006 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003007 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3008 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003009 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003010
3011 /* keep last */
3012 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3013 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3014};
3015
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07003016/**
3017 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3018 *
3019 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3020 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3021 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3022 */
3023enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3024 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3025 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3026
3027 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3028};
3029
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003030#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3031
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003032/**
3033 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3034 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3035 * @set: which values to set them to
3036 *
3037 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3038 */
3039struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3040 __u32 mask;
3041 __u32 set;
3042} __attribute__((packed));
3043
3044/**
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003045 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3046 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3047 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3048 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3049 */
3050enum nl80211_he_gi {
3051 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3052 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3053 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3054};
3055
3056/**
3057 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3058 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3059 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3060 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3061 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3062 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3063 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3064 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3065 */
3066enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3067 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3068 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3069 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3070 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3071 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3072 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3073 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3074};
3075
3076/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003077 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3078 *
3079 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3080 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003081 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3082 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3083 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3084 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3085 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3086 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3087 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003088 *
3089 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3090 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3091 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003092 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003093 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003094 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003095 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003096 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3097 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3098 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003099 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3100 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003101 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003102 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3103 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3104 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3105 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3106 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3107 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003108 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3109 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3110 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3111 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3112 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3113 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3114 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003115 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3116 */
3117enum nl80211_rate_info {
3118 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3119 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3120 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3121 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3122 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003123 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08003124 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3125 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3126 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3127 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3128 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003129 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3130 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003131 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3132 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3133 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3134 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3135 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003136
3137 /* keep last */
3138 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3139 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3140};
3141
3142/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003143 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3144 *
3145 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3146 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3147 *
3148 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3149 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3150 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3151 * (flag)
3152 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3153 * (flag)
3154 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3155 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3156 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3157 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3158 */
3159enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3160 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3161 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3162 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3163 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3164 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3165 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3166
3167 /* keep last */
3168 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3169 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3170};
3171
3172/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003173 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3174 *
3175 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3176 * when getting information about a station.
3177 *
3178 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3179 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003180 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3181 * (u32, from this station)
3182 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3183 * (u32, to this station)
3184 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3185 * (u64, from this station)
3186 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3187 * (u64, to this station)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003188 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3189 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003190 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003191 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3192 * (u32, from this station)
3193 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3194 * (u32, to this station)
3195 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3196 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3197 * (u32, to this station)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003198 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003199 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3200 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3201 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3202 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3203 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3204 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3205 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3206 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3207 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3208 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003209 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003210 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003211 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3212 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3213 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3214 * non-peer STA
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07003215 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3216 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3217 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3218 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003219 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3220 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003221 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3222 * (u64)
3223 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3224 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3225 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3226 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3227 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3228 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3229 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3230 * attributes carrying the actual values.
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003231 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3232 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3233 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07003234 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003235 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08003236 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3237 * (u32, from this station)
3238 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3239 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3240 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3241 * might not be fully accurate.
3242 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3243 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07003244 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3245 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3246 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07003247 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07003248 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3249 * of STA's association
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003250 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3251 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003252 */
3253enum nl80211_sta_info {
3254 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3255 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3256 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3257 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3258 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3259 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3260 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3261 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3262 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3263 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3264 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3265 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3266 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3267 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003268 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3269 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3270 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3271 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003272 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003273 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003274 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3275 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3276 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3277 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3278 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07003279 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3280 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07003281 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003282 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3283 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3284 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3285 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003286 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3287 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07003288 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003289 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08003290 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3291 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3292 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07003293 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3294 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07003295 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07003296 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003297
3298 /* keep last */
3299 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3300 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3301};
3302
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003303/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3304#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3305
3306
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003307/**
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003308 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3309 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3310 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3311 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3312 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3313 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3314 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3315 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3316 * MSDUs (u64)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003317 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003318 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003319 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3320 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3321 */
3322enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3323 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3324 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3325 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3326 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3327 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003328 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003329 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003330
3331 /* keep last */
3332 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3333 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3334};
3335
3336/**
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003337 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3338 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3339 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3340 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3341 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3342 * backlogged
3343 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3344 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3345 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3346 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3347 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3348 * (only for per-phy stats)
3349 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3350 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3351 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3352 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3353 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3354 */
3355enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3356 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3357 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3358 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3359 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3360 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3361 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3362 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3363 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3364 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3365 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3366 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3367 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3368
3369 /* keep last */
3370 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3371 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3372};
3373
3374/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003375 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3376 *
3377 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3378 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3379 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3380 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3381 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3382 */
3383enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3384 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3385 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3386 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3387 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3388 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3389};
3390
3391/**
3392 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3393 *
3394 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3395 * information about a mesh path.
3396 *
3397 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3398 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3399 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3400 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3401 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3402 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3403 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3404 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3405 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07003406 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3407 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003408 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07003409 * currently defined
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003410 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3411 */
3412enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3413 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3414 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3415 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3416 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3417 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3418 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3419 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3420 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07003421 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3422 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003423
3424 /* keep last */
3425 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3426 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3427};
3428
3429/**
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003430 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3431 *
3432 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3433 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3434 * for each interface type that supports the band data
3435 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3436 * capabilities IE
3437 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3438 * capabilities IE
3439 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3440 * capabilities IE
3441 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3442 * defined in HE capabilities IE
3443 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3444 * defined
3445 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3446 */
3447enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3448 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3449
3450 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3451 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3452 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3453 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3454 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3455
3456 /* keep last */
3457 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3458 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3459};
3460
3461/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003462 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3463 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3464 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3465 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3466 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3467 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3468 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3469 * defined in 802.11n
3470 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3471 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3472 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003473 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3474 * defined in 802.11ac
3475 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003476 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3477 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07003478 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3479 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3480 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3481 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3482 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3483 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003484 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3485 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3486 */
3487enum nl80211_band_attr {
3488 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3489 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3490 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3491
3492 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3493 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3494 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3495 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3496
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003497 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3498 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003499 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003500
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07003501 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3502 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3503
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003504 /* keep last */
3505 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3506 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3507};
3508
3509#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3510
3511/**
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003512 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3513 *
3514 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3515 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3516 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3517 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3518 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3519 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3520 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3521 */
3522enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3523 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3524 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3525 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3526 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3527 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3528
3529 /* keep last */
3530 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3531 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3532};
3533
3534/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003535 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3536 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3537 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3538 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3539 * regulatory domain.
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003540 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3541 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3542 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003543 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3544 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3545 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3546 * (100 * dBm).
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003547 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3548 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3549 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3550 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3551 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3552 * channel as the control channel
3553 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3554 * channel as the control channel
3555 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3556 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3557 * this includes 80+80 channels
3558 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3559 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3560 * isn't possible
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003561 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003562 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3563 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3564 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3565 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3566 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3567 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003568 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003569 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3570 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003571 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3572 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3573 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3574 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3575 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3576 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3577 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3578 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003579 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3580 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3581 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3582 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003583 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3584 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3585 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003586 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3587 * currently defined
3588 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003589 *
3590 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3591 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3592 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003593 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003594 */
3595enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3596 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3597 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3598 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003599 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3600 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003601 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3602 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003603 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3604 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3605 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3606 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3607 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3608 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003609 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003610 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003611 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003612 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3613 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003614 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003615
3616 /* keep last */
3617 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3618 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3619};
3620
3621#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003622#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3623#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3624#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003625#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3626 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003627
3628/**
3629 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3630 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3631 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3632 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3633 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3634 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3635 * currently defined
3636 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3637 */
3638enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3639 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3640 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3641 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3642
3643 /* keep last */
3644 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3645 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3646};
3647
3648/**
3649 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3650 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3651 * regulatory domain.
3652 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3653 * regulatory domain.
3654 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3655 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3656 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3657 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3658 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3659 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003660 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003661 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3662 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3663 */
3664enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3665 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3666 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3667 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3668 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3669};
3670
3671/**
3672 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3673 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3674 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3675 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3676 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3677 * domain.
3678 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3679 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3680 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3681 * them to be applied.
3682 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3683 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3684 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3685 * domain request to be processed.
3686 */
3687enum nl80211_reg_type {
3688 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3689 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3690 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3691 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3692};
3693
3694/**
3695 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3696 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3697 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3698 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3699 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3700 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3701 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3702 * band edge.
3703 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3704 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3705 * band edge.
3706 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003707 * frequency range, in KHz.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003708 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3709 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3710 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3711 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3712 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003713 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3714 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003715 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3716 * currently defined
3717 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3718 */
3719enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3720 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3721 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3722
3723 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3724 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3725 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3726
3727 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3728 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3729
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003730 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3731
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003732 /* keep last */
3733 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3734 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3735};
3736
3737/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003738 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3739 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3740 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003741 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07003742 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003743 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08003744 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3745 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3746 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3747 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3748 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3749 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3750 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08003751 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3752 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3753 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3754 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3755 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3756 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3757 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07003758 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3759 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07003760 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3761 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3762 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3763 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
3764 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
3765 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
3766 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
3767 * attributes will be nested within this attribute.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003768 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3769 * attribute number currently defined
3770 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3771 */
3772enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3773 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3774
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003775 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3776 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08003777 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3778 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07003779 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07003780 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003781
3782 /* keep last */
3783 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3784 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3785 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3786};
3787
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003788/* only for backward compatibility */
3789#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3790
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003791/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003792 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3793 *
3794 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3795 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3796 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3797 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3798 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3799 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3800 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003801 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3802 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3803 * beaconing.
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003804 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3805 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3806 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07003807 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003808 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3809 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3810 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3811 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003812 */
3813enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3814 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3815 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3816 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3817 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3818 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3819 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3820 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003821 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3822 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07003823 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003824 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003825 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3826 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3827 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3828 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003829};
3830
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003831#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3832#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3833#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08003834#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3835 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
Dmitry Shmidtd80a4012015-11-05 16:35:40 -08003836#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08003837
3838/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3839#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3840
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003841/**
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003842 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3843 *
3844 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07003845 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3846 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3847 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08003848 */
3849enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3850 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3851 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3852 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3853 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3854};
3855
3856/**
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003857 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3858 *
3859 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3860 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3861 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3862 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3863 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3864 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3865 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3866 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3867 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3868 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3869 * supported feature.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003870 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3871 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003872 */
3873enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3874 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3875 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07003876 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07003877};
3878
3879/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003880 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3881 *
3882 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3883 * when getting information about a survey.
3884 *
3885 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3886 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3887 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3888 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003889 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3890 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3891 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003892 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003893 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003894 * channel was sensed busy
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003895 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3896 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3897 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3898 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3899 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3900 * (on this channel or globally)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003901 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07003902 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3903 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003904 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3905 * currently defined
3906 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3907 */
3908enum nl80211_survey_info {
3909 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3910 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3911 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3912 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003913 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3914 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3915 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3916 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3917 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3918 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07003919 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07003920 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003921
3922 /* keep last */
3923 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3924 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3925};
3926
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07003927/* keep old names for compatibility */
3928#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3929#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3930#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3931#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3932#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3933
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003934/**
3935 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3936 *
3937 * Monitor configuration flags.
3938 *
3939 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3940 *
3941 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3942 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3943 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3944 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3945 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3946 * overrides all other flags.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003947 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3948 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003949 *
3950 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3951 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3952 */
3953enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3954 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3955 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3956 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3957 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3958 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3959 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08003960 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003961
3962 /* keep last */
3963 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3964 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3965};
3966
3967/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08003968 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3969 *
3970 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3971 * not known or has not been set yet.
3972 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3973 * in Awake state all the time.
3974 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3975 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3976 * neighbor's beacons.
3977 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3978 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3979 * for neighbor's beacons.
3980 *
3981 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3982 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3983 */
3984
3985enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3986 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3987 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3988 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3989 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3990
3991 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3992 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3993};
3994
3995/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07003996 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3997 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08003998 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3999 * active.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004000 *
4001 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4002 *
4003 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004004 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004005 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004006 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004007 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004008 *
4009 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004010 * millisecond units
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004011 *
4012 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004013 * on this mesh interface
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004014 *
4015 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004016 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4017 * mesh
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004018 *
4019 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004020 * point.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004021 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004022 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4023 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4024 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4025 * set.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004026 *
4027 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004028 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4029 * target)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004030 *
4031 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004032 * (in milliseconds)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004033 *
4034 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004035 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004036 *
4037 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004038 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4039 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004040 *
4041 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004042 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4043 * reference element
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004044 *
4045 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004046 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4047 * mesh
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004048 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004049 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4050 *
4051 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004052 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004053 *
4054 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004055 * root announcements are transmitted.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004056 *
4057 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004058 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4059 * Announcement frames.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004060 *
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08004061 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004062 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4063 * PERR element.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08004064 *
4065 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004066 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4067 *
4068 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4069 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4070 * a peer link.
4071 *
4072 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4073 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4074 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
4075 *
4076 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08004077 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004078 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4079 *
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004080 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4081 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4082 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4083 *
4084 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4085 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4086 *
4087 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4088 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4089 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4090 *
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004091 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4092 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4093 *
4094 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4095 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004096 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4097 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004098 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4099 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004100 *
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08004101 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4102 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4103 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4104 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4105 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004106 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4107 */
4108enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4109 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4110 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4111 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4112 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4113 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4114 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4115 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4116 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4117 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4118 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4119 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4120 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4121 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4122 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4123 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4124 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004125 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4126 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08004127 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4128 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004129 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4130 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4131 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4132 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4133 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4134 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004135 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4136 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004137 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08004138 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004139
4140 /* keep last */
4141 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4142 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4143};
4144
4145/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004146 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4147 *
4148 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4149 * changed while the mesh is active.
4150 *
4151 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4152 *
4153 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004154 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4155 * default HWMP.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004156 *
4157 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004158 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4159 * metric.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004160 *
4161 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004162 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4163 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4164 * metrics in use.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004165 *
4166 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004167 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004168 *
4169 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004170 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4171 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4172 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4173 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4174 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4175 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4176 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4177 * userspace daemon.
4178 *
4179 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4180 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4181 * neighbor offset synchronization
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004182 *
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004183 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4184 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4185 *
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07004186 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4187 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4188 * Default is no authentication method required.
4189 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004190 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004191 *
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004192 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4193 */
4194enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4195 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4196 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4197 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4198 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4199 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4200 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004201 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07004202 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
Dmitry Shmidt8bae4132013-06-06 11:25:10 -07004203 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004204
4205 /* keep last */
4206 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4207 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4208};
4209
4210/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004211 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4212 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004213 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004214 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4215 * disabled
4216 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4217 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4218 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4219 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4220 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4221 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4222 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4223 */
4224enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4225 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004226 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004227 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4228 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4229 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4230 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4231
4232 /* keep last */
4233 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4234 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4235};
4236
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004237enum nl80211_ac {
4238 NL80211_AC_VO,
4239 NL80211_AC_VI,
4240 NL80211_AC_BE,
4241 NL80211_AC_BK,
4242 NL80211_NUM_ACS
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004243};
4244
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004245/* backward compat */
4246#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4247#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
4248#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
4249#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
4250#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
4251
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08004252/**
4253 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4254 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4255 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4256 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4257 * below the control channel
4258 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4259 * above the control channel
4260 */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004261enum nl80211_channel_type {
4262 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4263 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4264 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4265 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4266};
4267
4268/**
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07004269 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4270 *
4271 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4272 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4273 *
4274 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4275 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4276 *
4277 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4278 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4279 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4280 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4281 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
4282 */
4283enum nl80211_key_mode {
4284 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4285 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4286 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4287};
4288
4289/**
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08004290 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4291 *
4292 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4293 * attribute.
4294 *
4295 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4296 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4297 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4298 * attribute must be provided as well
4299 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4300 * attribute must be provided as well
4301 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4302 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4303 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4304 * attribute must be provided as well
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004305 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4306 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08004307 */
4308enum nl80211_chan_width {
4309 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4310 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4311 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4312 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4313 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4314 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004315 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4316 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4317};
4318
4319/**
4320 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4321 *
4322 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4323 *
4324 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4325 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4326 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4327 */
4328enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4329 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4330 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4331 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08004332};
4333
4334/**
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004335 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4336 *
4337 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4338 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4339 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4340 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004341 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4342 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4343 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004344 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4345 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4346 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4347 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004348 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4349 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4350 * they are from a Beacon frame.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004351 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4352 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004353 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4354 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004355 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4356 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4357 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4358 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4359 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4360 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4361 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4362 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4363 * yet been received
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004364 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4365 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004366 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4367 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4368 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4369 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08004370 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4371 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4372 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07004373 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07004374 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4375 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4376 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4377 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4378 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4379 * is set.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07004380 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4381 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4382 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004383 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4384 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4385 */
4386enum nl80211_bss {
4387 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4388 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4389 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4390 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4391 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4392 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4393 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4394 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4395 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4396 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4397 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4398 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004399 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07004400 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4401 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08004402 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07004403 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07004404 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4405 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07004406 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004407
4408 /* keep last */
4409 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4410 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4411};
4412
4413/**
4414 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4415 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004416 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4417 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4418 * a given BSS.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004419 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4420 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4421 *
4422 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4423 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4424 */
4425enum nl80211_bss_status {
4426 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4427 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4428 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4429};
4430
4431/**
4432 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4433 *
4434 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4435 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4436 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4437 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004438 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004439 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4440 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4441 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004442 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4443 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4444 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4445 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4446 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4447 */
4448enum nl80211_auth_type {
4449 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4450 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4451 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4452 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08004453 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08004454 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4455 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4456 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004457
4458 /* keep last */
4459 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4460 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4461 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4462};
4463
4464/**
4465 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4466 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4467 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4468 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4469 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4470 */
4471enum nl80211_key_type {
4472 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4473 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4474 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4475
4476 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4477};
4478
4479/**
4480 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4481 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4482 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07004483 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004484 */
4485enum nl80211_mfp {
4486 NL80211_MFP_NO,
4487 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07004488 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004489};
4490
4491enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4492 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4493 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07004494 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004495};
4496
4497/**
4498 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4499 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4500 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4501 * unicast key
4502 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4503 * multicast key
4504 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4505 */
4506enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4507 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4508 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4509 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4510
4511 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4512};
4513
4514/**
4515 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4516 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4517 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4518 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4519 * keys
4520 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4521 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4522 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4523 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4524 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4525 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4526 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4527 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4528 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4529 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4530 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4531 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4532 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07004533 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4534 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4535 *
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004536 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4537 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4538 */
4539enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4540 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4541 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4542 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4543 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4544 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4545 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4546 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4547 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4548 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07004549 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004550
4551 /* keep last */
4552 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4553 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4554};
4555
4556/**
4557 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4558 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4559 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4560 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4561 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4562 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08004563 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004564 * in an array of MCS numbers.
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08004565 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4566 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08004567 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004568 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4569 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4570 */
4571enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4572 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4573 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08004574 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4575 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08004576 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004577
4578 /* keep last */
4579 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4580 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4581};
4582
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08004583#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4584#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4585
4586/**
4587 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4588 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4589 */
4590struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4591 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4592};
4593
Dmitry Shmidt96be6222014-02-13 10:16:51 -08004594enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4595 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4596 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4597 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4598};
4599
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004600/**
4601 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4602 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4603 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07004604 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07004605 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07004606 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4607 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004608 */
4609enum nl80211_band {
4610 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4611 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004612 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07004613 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
Dmitry Shmidtd5ab1b52016-06-21 12:38:41 -07004614
4615 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004616};
4617
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004618/**
4619 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4620 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4621 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4622 */
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004623enum nl80211_ps_state {
4624 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4625 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4626};
4627
4628/**
4629 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4630 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4631 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4632 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07004633 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4634 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4635 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4636 * crosses any of the thresholds.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004637 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4638 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4639 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4640 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4641 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4642 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07004643 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4644 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4645 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4646 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4647 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4648 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4649 * checked.
4650 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4651 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4652 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4653 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004654 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4655 * loss event
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07004656 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4657 * RSSI threshold event.
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004658 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4659 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4660 */
4661enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4662 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4663 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4664 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4665 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4666 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07004667 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4668 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4669 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004670 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07004671 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004672
4673 /* keep last */
4674 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4675 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4676};
4677
4678/**
4679 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4680 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4681 * configured threshold
4682 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4683 * configured threshold
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004684 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004685 */
4686enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4687 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4688 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07004689 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07004690};
4691
4692
4693/**
4694 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4695 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4696 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4697 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4698 */
4699enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4700 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4701 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4702 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4703};
4704
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004705/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004706 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4707 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4708 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004709 * a zero bit are ignored
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004710 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004711 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4712 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4713 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4714 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4715 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4716 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004717 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004718 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4719 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4720 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004721 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004722 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004723 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4724 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004725 */
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004726enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4727 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4728 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4729 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4730 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004731
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004732 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4733 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004734};
4735
4736/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004737 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004738 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4739 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4740 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004741 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004742 *
4743 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004744 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4745 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4746 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4747 * by the kernel to userspace.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004748 */
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004749struct nl80211_pattern_support {
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004750 __u32 max_patterns;
4751 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4752 __u32 max_pattern_len;
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004753 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004754} __attribute__((packed));
4755
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004756/* only for backward compatibility */
4757#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4758#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4759#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4760#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4761#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4762#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4763#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4764
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004765/**
4766 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4767 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4768 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4769 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4770 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004771 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4772 * any others are even supported by the device.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004773 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4774 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4775 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4776 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4777 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4778 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4779 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004780 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4781 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4782 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4783 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004784 *
4785 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004786 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004787 *
4788 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4789 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4790 * to the kernel when configuring.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004791 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4792 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4793 * by the device (flag)
4794 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4795 * done by the device) (flag)
4796 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4797 * packet (flag)
4798 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4799 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4800 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004801 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4802 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4803 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4804 * attribute contains the original length.
4805 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4806 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4807 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4808 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4809 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4810 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4811 * contains the original length.
4812 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4813 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4814 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4815 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4816 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4817 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4818 * the TCP connection.
4819 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4820 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4821 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4822 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4823 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4824 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4825 * service
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004826 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4827 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4828 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07004829 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4830 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4831 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4832 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4833 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4834 * supported by the driver (u32).
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004835 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4836 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4837 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4838 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4839 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4840 * occurred.
4841 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4842 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4843 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4844 * these attributes must be present. If
4845 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4846 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4847 * channel.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004848 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4849 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004850 *
4851 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4852 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004853 */
4854enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4855 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4856 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4857 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4858 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4859 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4860 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4861 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4862 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4863 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4864 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004865 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4866 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4867 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4868 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4869 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4870 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4871 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4872 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08004873 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4874 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08004875
4876 /* keep last */
4877 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4878 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4879};
4880
4881/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004882 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4883 *
4884 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4885 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4886 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4887 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4888 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4889 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4890 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4891 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4892 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4893 *
4894 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4895 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4896 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4897 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4898 * also woken up.
4899 *
4900 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4901 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4902 */
4903
4904/**
4905 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4906 * @start: starting value
4907 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4908 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4909 *
4910 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4911 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4912 * in little endian.
4913 */
4914struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4915 __u32 start, offset, len;
4916};
4917
4918/**
4919 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4920 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4921 * @len: length of each token
4922 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4923 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4924 */
4925struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4926 __u32 offset, len;
4927 __u8 token_stream[];
4928};
4929
4930/**
4931 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4932 * @min_len: minimum token length
4933 * @max_len: maximum token length
4934 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4935 */
4936struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4937 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4938};
4939
4940/**
4941 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4942 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4943 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4944 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4945 * (in network byte order)
4946 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4947 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4948 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4949 * might require ARP querying.
4950 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4951 * socket and port will be allocated
4952 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4953 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4954 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4955 * of the data payload.
4956 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4957 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4958 * advertising it is just a flag
4959 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4960 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4961 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4962 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4963 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4964 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4965 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4966 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004967 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08004968 * but on the TCP payload only.
4969 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4970 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4971 */
4972enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4973 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4974 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4975 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4976 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4977 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4978 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4979 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4980 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4981 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4982 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4983 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4984 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4985
4986 /* keep last */
4987 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4988 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4989};
4990
4991/**
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08004992 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4993 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4994 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4995 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4996 *
4997 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4998 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4999 */
5000struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5001 __u32 max_rules;
5002 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5003 __u32 max_delay;
5004} __attribute__((packed));
5005
5006/**
5007 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5008 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5009 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5010 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5011 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5012 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5013 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5014 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5015 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5016 */
5017enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5018 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5019 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5020 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5021 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5022
5023 /* keep last */
5024 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5025 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5026};
5027
5028/**
5029 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5030 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5031 * in a rule are matched.
5032 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5033 * in a rule are not matched.
5034 */
5035enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5036 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5037 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5038};
5039
5040/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08005041 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5042 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5043 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5044 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5045 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5046 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5047 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5048 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5049 */
5050enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5051 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5052 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5053 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5054
5055 /* keep last */
5056 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5057 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5058};
5059
5060/**
5061 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5062 *
5063 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5064 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5065 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5066 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5067 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5068 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5069 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5070 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5071 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5072 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5073 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5074 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5075 * different channels may be used within this group.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005076 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5077 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07005078 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5079 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08005080 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5081 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5082 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08005083 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5084 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5085 *
5086 * Examples:
5087 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5088 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5089 *
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08005090 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5091 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08005092 *
5093 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5094 * => allows two STAs on different channels
5095 *
5096 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5097 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5098 *
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08005099 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08005100 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5101 * that any of these groups must match.
5102 *
5103 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5104 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5105 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5106 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5107 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5108 */
5109enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5110 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5111 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5112 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5113 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5114 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005115 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07005116 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08005117 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08005118
5119 /* keep last */
5120 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5121 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5122};
5123
5124
5125/**
5126 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5127 *
5128 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08005129 * state of non existent mesh peer links
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08005130 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5131 * this mesh peer
5132 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5133 * from this mesh peer
5134 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5135 * received from this mesh peer
5136 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5137 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5138 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5139 * plink are discarded
5140 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5141 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5142 */
5143enum nl80211_plink_state {
5144 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5145 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5146 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5147 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5148 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5149 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5150 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5151
5152 /* keep last */
5153 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5154 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5155};
5156
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07005157/**
5158 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5159 *
5160 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5161 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5162 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5163 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5164 */
5165enum plink_actions {
5166 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5167 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5168 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5169
5170 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5171};
5172
5173
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08005174#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
5175#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
5176#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
5177
5178/**
5179 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5180 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5181 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5182 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5183 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5184 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5185 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5186 */
5187enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5188 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5189 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5190 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5191 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5192
5193 /* keep last */
5194 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5195 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5196};
5197
5198/**
5199 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5200 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5201 * Beacon frames)
5202 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5203 * in Beacon frames
5204 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5205 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5206 */
5207enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5208 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5209 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5210 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5211};
5212
5213/**
5214 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5215 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5216 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5217 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5218 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5219 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5220 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5221 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5222 */
5223enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5224 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5225 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5226 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5227
5228 /* keep last */
5229 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5230 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5231};
5232
5233/**
5234 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5235 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5236 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5237 * priority)
5238 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5239 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5240 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5241 * (internal)
5242 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5243 * (internal)
5244 */
5245enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5246 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5247 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5248 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5249 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5250
5251 /* keep last */
5252 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5253 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5254};
5255
5256/**
5257 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5258 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5259 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5260 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5261 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5262 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5263 */
5264enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5265 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5266 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5267 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5268 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5269 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5270};
5271
5272/*
5273 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5274 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5275 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5276enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5277};
5278 */
5279
5280/**
5281 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5282 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5283 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5284 * socket option.
Dmitry Shmidtc5ec7f52012-03-06 16:33:24 -08005285 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
Dmitry Shmidt04949592012-07-19 12:16:46 -07005286 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5287 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
Dmitry Shmidt61d9df32012-08-29 16:22:06 -07005288 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5289 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5290 * cellular base stations.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07005291 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5292 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005293 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5294 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5295 * mode
5296 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5297 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5298 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5299 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5300 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5301 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5302 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08005303 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5304 * setting
5305 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5306 * powersave
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005307 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5308 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5309 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5310 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5311 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5312 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5313 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5314 * states using station flags.
5315 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5316 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5317 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5318 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5319 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07005320 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5321 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5322 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5323 * still generated by the driver.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08005324 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5325 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5326 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5327 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07005328 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5329 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5330 * lifetime of a BSS.
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07005331 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5332 * Set IE to probe requests.
5333 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5334 * to probe requests.
5335 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5336 * requests sent to it by an AP.
5337 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5338 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5339 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5340 * Measurement Report action frame.
5341 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5342 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5343 * to enable dynack.
5344 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5345 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5346 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5347 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5348 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5349 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5350 * rts/cts handshake.
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08005351 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5352 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5353 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5354 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5355 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5356 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5357 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5358 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5359 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5360 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5361 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5362 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5363 * address mask/value will be used.
5364 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5365 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5366 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5367 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5368 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5369 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5370 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5371 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08005372 */
5373enum nl80211_feature_flags {
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005374 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5375 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5376 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5377 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07005378 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005379 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5380 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5381 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5382 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5383 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5384 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
Dmitry Shmidta54fa5f2013-01-15 13:53:35 -08005385 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5386 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005387 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5388 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5389 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07005390 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08005391 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
Dmitry Shmidt7832adb2014-04-29 10:53:02 -07005392 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07005393 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5394 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5395 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5396 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5397 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5398 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5399 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08005400 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5401 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5402 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5403 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5404 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07005405 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08005406};
5407
5408/**
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07005409 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5410 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07005411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5412 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5413 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5414 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5415 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07005416 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5417 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5418 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5419 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5420 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5421 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5422 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5423 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5424 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5425 * (if available).
5426 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5427 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5428 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5429 * (if available).
5430 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5431 * channel dwell time.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08005432 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5433 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5434 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5435 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5436 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5437 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5438 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5439 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08005440 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5441 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5442 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5443 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5444 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5445 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5446 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07005447 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5448 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5449 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5450 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5451 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005452 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5453 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5454 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5455 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5456 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5457 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5458 * be supported.
5459 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5460 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5461 * actual dwell time.
5462 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5463 * response
5464 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5465 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5466 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5467 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5468 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5469 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5470 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5471 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5472 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5473 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5474 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5475 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5476 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5477 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5478 * "radar detected" event.
5479 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5480 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07005481 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5482 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5483 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5484 * TXQs.
5485 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5486 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5487 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5488 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5489 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08005490 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5491 * timing measurement responder role.
5492 *
5493 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5494 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5495 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5496 * freeze the connection.
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07005497 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5498 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07005499 *
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07005500 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5501 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5502 * scheduling.
5503 *
5504 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5505 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5506 *
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07005507 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5508 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5509 *
5510 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5511 * to a station.
5512 *
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07005513 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5514 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5515 *
Ahmed ElArabawy0ff61c52019-12-26 12:38:39 -08005516 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
5517 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
5518 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
5519 *
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07005520 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5521 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5522 */
5523enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5524 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07005525 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
Dmitry Shmidt58d12ad2016-07-28 10:07:03 -07005526 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5527 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5528 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5529 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08005530 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5531 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5532 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5533 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08005534 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5535 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5536 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07005537 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5538 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005539 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5540 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5541 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5542 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5543 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5544 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5545 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5546 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5547 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5548 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5549 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5550 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07005551 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5552 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5553 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5554 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5555 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5556 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08005557 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5558 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07005559 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5560 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
Hai Shalom81f62d82019-07-22 12:10:00 -07005561 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5562 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5563 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07005564 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
Ahmed ElArabawy0ff61c52019-12-26 12:38:39 -08005565 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
Dmitry Shmidtf73259c2015-03-17 11:00:54 -07005566
5567 /* add new features before the definition below */
5568 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5569 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5570};
5571
5572/**
Dmitry Shmidt1f69aa52012-01-24 16:10:04 -08005573 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5574 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5575 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5576 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5577 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5578 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5579 * to the host.
5580 *
5581 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5582 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5583 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5584 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5585 */
5586enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5587 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5588 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5589 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5590 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5591};
5592
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005593/**
5594 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5595 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5596 * handled by the AP is reached.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005597 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005598 */
5599enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5600 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5601 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5602};
5603
5604/**
Dmitry Shmidtebd93af2017-02-21 13:40:44 -08005605 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5606 *
5607 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5608 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5609 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5610 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5611 */
5612enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5613 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5614 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5615 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5616 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5617};
5618
5619/**
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005620 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5621 *
5622 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5623 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5624 * requests.
5625 *
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005626 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5627 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5628 * one of them can be used in the request.
5629 *
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005630 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5631 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5632 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5633 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5634 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5635 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5636 * when really needed
Dmitry Shmidt6c0da2b2015-01-05 13:08:17 -08005637 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5638 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5639 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5640 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5641 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5642 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5643 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5644 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5645 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005646 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5647 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5648 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5649 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08005650 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005651 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5652 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5653 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5654 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5655 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5656 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5657 * SSID and/or RSSI.
5658 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5659 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5660 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5661 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5662 * impacted with this flag.
5663 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5664 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5665 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5666 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5667 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5668 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5669 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5670 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07005671 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
5672 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
5673 * possible.
5674 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
5675 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
5676 * added by userspace explicitly.)
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005677 */
5678enum nl80211_scan_flags {
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005679 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5680 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5681 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5682 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5683 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5684 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5685 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5686 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5687 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5688 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5689 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07005690 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
5691 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
Dmitry Shmidtd5e49232012-12-03 15:08:10 -08005692};
5693
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005694/**
5695 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5696 *
5697 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5698 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5699 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5700 *
5701 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5702 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5703 * in ACL to authenticate.
5704 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5705 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5706 */
5707enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5708 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5709 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5710};
5711
5712/**
Dmitry Shmidt9ead16e2014-10-07 13:15:23 -07005713 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5714 *
5715 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5716 *
5717 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5718 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5719 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5720 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5721 */
5722enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5723 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5724 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5725 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5726
5727 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5728 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5729};
5730
5731/**
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005732 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5733 *
5734 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5735 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5736 *
5737 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5738 * now unusable.
5739 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5740 * the channel is now available.
5741 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5742 * change to the channel status.
5743 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5744 * over, channel becomes usable.
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07005745 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5746 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5747 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5748 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005749 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5750 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005751 */
5752enum nl80211_radar_event {
5753 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5754 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5755 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5756 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
Dmitry Shmidtd2986c22017-10-23 14:22:09 -07005757 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07005758 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005759};
5760
5761/**
5762 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5763 *
5764 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5765 *
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08005766 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005767 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08005768 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005769 * is therefore marked as not available.
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08005770 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005771 */
Dmitry Shmidtf8623282013-02-20 14:34:59 -08005772enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5773 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5774 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5775 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5776};
5777
Dmitry Shmidt2f023192013-03-12 12:44:17 -07005778/**
5779 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5780 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5781 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5782 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5783 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5784 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5785 */
5786enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5787 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5788};
5789
Dmitry Shmidt51b6ea82013-05-08 10:42:09 -07005790/**
5791 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5792 *
5793 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5794 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5795 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5796 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5797 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5798 */
5799enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5800 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5801 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5802 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5803 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5804 /* add other protocols before this one */
5805 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5806};
5807
5808/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5809#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5810
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08005811/**
5812 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5813 *
5814 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5815 *
5816 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07005817 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
5818 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
5819 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
5820 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08005821 */
5822enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5823 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
Hai Shalom021b0b52019-04-10 11:17:58 -07005824 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
Dmitry Shmidte0e48dc2013-11-18 12:00:06 -08005825};
5826
Dmitry Shmidtfb79edc2014-01-10 10:45:54 -08005827/*
5828 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5829 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5830 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5831 */
5832#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5833
5834/**
5835 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5836 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5837 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5838 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5839 * added to this file when needed.
5840 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5841 */
5842struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5843 __u32 vendor_id;
5844 __u32 subcmd;
5845};
5846
Dmitry Shmidtdf5a7e42014-04-02 12:59:59 -07005847/**
5848 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5849 *
5850 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5851 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5852 *
5853 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5854 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5855 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5856 */
5857enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5858 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5859 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5860 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5861};
5862
Dmitry Shmidtd7ff03d2015-12-04 14:49:35 -08005863/**
5864 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5865 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5866 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5867 * seconds (u32).
5868 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5869 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5870 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5871 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5872 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5873 * currently defined
5874 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5875 */
5876enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5877 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5878 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5879 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5880
5881 /* keep last */
5882 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5883 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5884 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5885};
5886
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07005887/**
5888 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5889 *
Paul Stewart092955c2017-02-06 09:13:09 -08005890 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5891 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5892 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
Dmitry Shmidt849734c2016-05-27 09:59:01 -07005893 */
5894struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5895 __u8 band;
5896 __s8 delta;
5897} __attribute__((packed));
5898
5899/**
5900 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5901 *
5902 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5903 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5904 * is requested.
5905 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5906 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5907 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5908 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5909 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5910 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5911 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5912 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5913 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5914 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5915 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5916 *
5917 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5918 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5919 * which the driver shall use.
5920 */
5921enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5922 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5923 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5924 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5925 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5926
5927 /* keep last */
5928 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5929 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5930};
5931
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08005932/**
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08005933 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5934 *
5935 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5936 *
5937 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5938 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5939 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5940 */
5941enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5942 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5943 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5944 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5945
5946 /* keep last */
5947 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5948 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5949};
5950
5951/**
5952 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5953 *
5954 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5955 *
5956 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5957 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5958 */
5959enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5960 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5961 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5962};
5963
5964/**
5965 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5966 *
5967 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5968 *
5969 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5970 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5971 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5972 */
5973enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5974 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5975 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5976 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5977};
5978
5979#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5980#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5981#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5982
5983/**
5984 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5985 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5986 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5987 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5988 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5989 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5990 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5991 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5992 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5993 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5994 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5995 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5996 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5997 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5998 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5999 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6000 * is follow up. This is a u8.
6001 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6002 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6003 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6004 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6005 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6006 * This is a flag.
6007 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6008 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6009 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6010 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6011 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6012 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6013 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6014 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6015 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6016 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6017 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6018 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6019 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6020 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6021 *
6022 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6023 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6024 */
6025enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6026 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6027 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6028 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6029 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6030 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6031 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6032 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6033 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6034 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6035 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6036 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6037 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6038 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6039 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6040 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6041 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6042 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6043
6044 /* keep last */
6045 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6046 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6047};
6048
6049/**
6050 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6051 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6052 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6053 * This is a flag.
6054 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07006055 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08006056 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07006057 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08006058 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
Hai Shalomce48b4a2018-09-05 11:41:35 -07006059 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
Dmitry Shmidt9839ecd2016-11-07 11:05:47 -08006060 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6061 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6062 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6063 */
6064enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6065 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6066 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6067 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6068 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6069 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6070
6071 /* keep last */
6072 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6073 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6074};
6075
6076/**
6077 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6078 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6079 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6080 * match. This is a nested attribute.
6081 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6082 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6083 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6084 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6085 *
6086 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6087 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6088 */
6089enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6090 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6091 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6092 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6093
6094 /* keep last */
6095 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6096 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6097};
6098
Roshan Pius3a1667e2018-07-03 15:17:14 -07006099/**
6100 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6101 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6102 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6103 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6104 */
6105enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6106 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6107 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6108};
6109
Hai Shalom74f70d42019-02-11 14:42:39 -08006110/**
6111 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6112 * responder attributes
6113 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6114 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6115 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6116 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6117 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6118 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6119 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6120 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
6121 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6122 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6123 */
6124enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6125 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6126
6127 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6128 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6129 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6130
6131 /* keep last */
6132 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6133 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6134};
6135
6136/*
6137 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6138 *
6139 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6140 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6141 *
6142 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6143 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6144 * were ssfully answered (u32)
6145 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6146 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
6147 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6148 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6149 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6150 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6151 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6152 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6153 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6154 * phase with the responder (u32)
6155 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6156 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6157 * FTM slot (u32)
6158 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6159 * scheduled window (u32)
6160 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6161 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6162 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6163 */
6164enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6165 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6166 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6167 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6168 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6169 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6170 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6171 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6172 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6173 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6174 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6175 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6176
6177 /* keep last */
6178 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6179 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6180};
6181
6182/**
6183 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6184 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6185 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6186 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6187 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6188 */
6189enum nl80211_preamble {
6190 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6191 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6192 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6193 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6194};
6195
6196/**
6197 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6198 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6199 * these numbers also for attributes
6200 *
6201 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6202 *
6203 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6204 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6205 */
6206enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6207 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6208
6209 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6210
6211 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6212 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6213};
6214
6215/**
6216 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6217 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6218 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6219 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6220 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6221 * reason may be available in the response data
6222 */
6223enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6224 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6225 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6226 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6227 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6228};
6229
6230/**
6231 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6232 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6233 *
6234 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6235 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6236 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6237 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6238 * (flag attribute)
6239 *
6240 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6241 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6242 */
6243enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6244 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6245
6246 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6247 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6248
6249 /* keep last */
6250 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6251 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6252};
6253
6254/**
6255 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6256 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6257 *
6258 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6259 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6260 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6261 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6262 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6263 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6264 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6265 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6266 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6267 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6268 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6269 * (u64, usec)
6270 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6271 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6272 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6273 * result.
6274 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6275 *
6276 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6277 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6278 */
6279enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6280 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6281
6282 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6283 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6284 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6285 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6286 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6287 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6288
6289 /* keep last */
6290 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6291 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6292};
6293
6294/**
6295 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6296 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6297 *
6298 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6299 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6300 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6301 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6302 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6303 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6304 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6305 * measurement type, with attributes from the
6306 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6307 *
6308 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6309 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6310 */
6311enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6312 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6313
6314 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6315 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6316 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6317 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6318
6319 /* keep last */
6320 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6321 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6322};
6323
6324/**
6325 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6326 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6327 *
6328 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6329 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6330 * measurements can be done with in a single request
6331 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6332 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6333 * measurement results
6334 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6335 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6336 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6337 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6338 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6339 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6340 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6341 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6342 * sub-attributes taken from
6343 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6344 *
6345 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6346 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6347 */
6348enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6349 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6350
6351 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6352 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6353 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6354 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6355 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6356
6357 /* keep last */
6358 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6359 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6360};
6361
6362/**
6363 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6364 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6365 *
6366 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6367 * is supported
6368 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6369 * mode is supported
6370 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6371 * data can be requested during the measurement
6372 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6373 * location data can be requested during the measurement
6374 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6375 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6376 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6377 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6378 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6379 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6380 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6381 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6382 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6383 * is valid)
6384 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6385 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6386 *
6387 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6388 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6389 */
6390enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6391 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6392
6393 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6394 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6395 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6396 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6397 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6398 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6399 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6400 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6401
6402 /* keep last */
6403 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6404 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6405};
6406
6407/**
6408 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6409 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6410 *
6411 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6412 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6413 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6414 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6415 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6416 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6417 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6418 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6419 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6420 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6421 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6422 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6423 * requested per burst
6424 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6425 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6426 * (u8, default 3)
6427 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6428 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6429 * (flag)
6430 *
6431 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6432 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6433 */
6434enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6435 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6436
6437 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6438 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6439 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6440 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6441 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6442 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6443 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6444 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6445 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6446
6447 /* keep last */
6448 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6449 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6450};
6451
6452/**
6453 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6454 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6455 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6456 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6457 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6458 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6459 * try and get no response)
6460 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6461 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6462 * received
6463 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6464 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6465 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6466 * by the peer and are no longer supported
6467 */
6468enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6469 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6470 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6471 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6472 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6473 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6474 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6475 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6476 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6477};
6478
6479/**
6480 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6481 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6482 *
6483 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6484 * (u32, optional)
6485 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6486 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6487 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6488 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6489 * transmitted (u32, optional)
6490 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6491 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6492 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6493 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
6494 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6495 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6496 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6497 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
6498 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6499 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6500 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6501 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6502 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6503 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6504 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6505 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6506 * attributes)
6507 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6508 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6509 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6510 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6511 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6512 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6513 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6514 * optional)
6515 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6516 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6517 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6518 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6519 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6520 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6521 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6522 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6523 * Type 8.
6524 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6525 * (binary, optional);
6526 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6527 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6528 * Type 11.
6529 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6530 *
6531 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6532 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6533 */
6534enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6535 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6536
6537 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6538 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6539 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6540 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6541 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6542 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6543 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6544 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6545 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
6546 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
6547 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6548 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
6549 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
6550 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
6551 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
6552 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
6553 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
6554 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
6555 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6556 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6557 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6558
6559 /* keep last */
6560 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
6561 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
6562};
6563
Hai Shalomc3565922019-10-28 11:58:20 -07006564/**
6565 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
6566 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6567 *
6568 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
6569 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
6570 *
6571 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6572 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
6573 */
6574enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
6575 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
6576
6577 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
6578 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
6579
6580 /* keep last */
6581 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
6582 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6583};
6584
6585
Dmitry Shmidt8d520ff2011-05-09 14:06:53 -07006586#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */